You are on page 1of 29

 ‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬

 
 
 
 ‫א‬
 ‫א‬
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
‫ﻡ‬٢٠١٦/ ‫ﻫـ‬١٤٣٧
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻼﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻨﻴﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪-١‬ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻟﺘﻭﻅﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻼﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻨﺔ ﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪. -‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-١‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻴﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ‪-‬ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺒﺔ‪-‬ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪-‬ﺭﻀﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪.-‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻠﻤﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻼﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻷﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـﻼﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺎ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻑ ﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺤﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻼﺠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪-‬ﺒﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺎﺘﻤﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪) :‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪،‬ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪،‬ﺨﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‪-:‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ‪ :‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‪ :‬ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺘﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﺸﺘﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪-١‬ﺃﻭﺼﻲ ﺒﺒﺫل ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻼﺠـﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟـﻙ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﻁ ﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺃﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻓﺭﺍﻁﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻁﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻬﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺳـﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣـﺪﻩ ﻻ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃ ﱠﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴِﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.[١٠٢ :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬَﺎ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ‪‬ﺗﻘﹶﺎِﺗ ِﻪ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗﻦ‪ِ ‬ﺇﻻﱠ َﻭﺃﹶﻧﺘ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ َﻭ َﺧﹶﻠ َﻖ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨﻬَﺎ َﺯ ‪‬ﻭ َﺟﻬَﺎ َﻭَﺑﺚﱠ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬﻤَﺎ ِﺭﺟَـﺎ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﺱ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﹾﺍ َﺭﺑ‪ ‬ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ َﺧﹶﻠ ﹶﻘﻜﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔ ٍ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻜ ‪‬ﻢ َﺭﻗِﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.[١ :‬‬
‫ﹶﻛِﺜﲑ‪‬ﺍ َﻭِﻧﺴَﺎﺀ ﻭَﺍ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ َﺗﺴَﺎﺀﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﻭَﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭﺣَﺎ َﻡ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﺼِﻠ ‪‬ﺢ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﻤَﺎﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭَﻳ ‪‬ﻐ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ـﻮَﺑﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬَﺎ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﻭﻗﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹰﻻ َﺳﺪِﻳﺪ‪‬ﺍ )‪ (٧٠‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫َﻭﻣَﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ِﻄ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﻭ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﹶﺎ َﺯ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪‬ﺍ َﻋﻈِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪.[٧١-٧٠ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ‪ ،-‬ﻭﺷـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﳏﺪﺛﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﳏﺪﺛﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺳ ﹰﻄﺎ ﺧﻴﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺍ ﻋﺪﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘـﺎﻝ‪-‬‬
‫ﻚ َﺟ َﻌ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﻣ ﹰﺔ َﻭ َﺳﻄﹰﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ، [١٤٣:‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺃﺧﺮﺟـﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪َ  :-‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺖ ﻟِﻠﻨ‪‬ـﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ‪-‬ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪ -‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ َﺧ‪‬ﻴ َﺮ ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﻣ ٍﺔ ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﺧ ِﺮ َﺟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻑ َﻭَﺗ‪‬ﻨ َﻬ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﻜ ِﺮ َﻭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺆ ِﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.[١١٠ :‬‬
‫َﺗ ﹾﺄ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﳍﺎ ﺭﺳﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺺ‬
‫ﺴﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ َﻋﺰِﻳ ‪‬ﺰ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﻣَﺎ َﻋﻨِـ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺣَـﺮِﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺒ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻻ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ –ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪  -‬ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺪ ﺟَﺎﺀ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹲﻝ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬
‫ﻑ ‪‬ﺭﺣِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.[١٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﲔ َﺭﺅ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟﻤ‪ ‬ﺆ ِﻣِﻨ َ‬
‫ﻼ ﳋﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑـﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﻴﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺏ َﻭ ‪‬ﻣ َﻬ‪‬ﻴ ِﻤﻨ‪‬ﺎ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.[٤٨ :‬‬
‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺪﻗﹰﺎ ﱢﻟﻤَﺎ َﺑ‪‬ﻴ َﻦ َﻳ َﺪ‪‬ﻳ ِﻪ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ ‪‬ﻣ َ‬
‫ﺏ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ َ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ َﺰﹾﻟﻨَﺎ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ َ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ، ،‬ﺷﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﺳـﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﺪﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺻﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎ ‪‬ﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻢ‬

‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰒ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﳋﲑﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪َ » :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺱ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﻧِﻲ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺴِﺒﻖ‪َ ‬ﺷﻬَﺎ َﺩﺓﹸ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ِﺪ ِﻫ ‪‬ﻢ َﻳﻤِﻴَﻨ ‪‬ﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳﻤِﻴ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ َﺷﻬَﺎ َﺩَﺗﻪ‪.(١) «‬‬
‫ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ َﻳﺠِﻲ ُﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍ ‪‬ﻡ َﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳍـﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﲨﻴ ‪‬ﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺄ ‪‬ﻣﻠﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﳉﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ؛ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺖ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻘﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ ﺃﺻـﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻋﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﺣﺼﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺳﱠﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻭﻋﻼﺟـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺘﺎﻣﺎ‪....‬ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤـﺪ ﻭﻋﻠـﻰ ﺁﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫ﺸ َﻬﺪ‪َ ‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺷﻬَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ َﺟ ‪‬ﻮ ٍﺭ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸ ‪‬ﺷ ِﻬ َﺪ‪ -‬ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗـﻢ )‪.(٢٦٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٧١/٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪-‬ﺑَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﺤَﺎَﺑ ِﺔ ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸـﻮَﻧﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻀ ِﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ َﺗﻌَﺎﻟﹶﻰ َﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،-‬ﺑَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿ َﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺼﺤَﺎَﺑ ِﺔ ‪َ -‬ﺭ ِ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٩٦٢ /٤‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﹶﻓﻀَﺎِﺋ ِﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪-‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(٢٥٣٣‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﲪﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻐﲏ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻐﲏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻛﺔ )ﺹ‪.(٤‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﳋ ﹶﻠﻞﹸ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ِﺧ ﹶ‬
‫ﻼ ﹲﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺮﺉ ‪‬ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟـﻪ ﺗﻌـﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﹶ‬
‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ِ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺧِﻼِﻟ ِﻪ‪ ]‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ [٤٣ :‬ﻭ َﺧﹶﻠﻠِﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺮﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻄـﺮ‬
‫ﻕ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﹶﻓَﺘﺮَﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ‪‬ﺩ َ‬
‫ﳋﹶﻠﻞﹸ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ)‪.(١‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﲔ )‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ‪،‬ﻭﻬﻧـﺞ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ ﻭﺃﻬﻧـﺞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ِ :‬ﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱟ َﺟ َﻌ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﻣِﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺷ ‪‬ﺮ َﻋ ﹰﺔ َﻭ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨﻬَﺎﺟ‪‬ﺎ‪ ] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪.(٣) [٤٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ : -‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ‪:‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ‪،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮﻃﺮﻳـﻖ‬
‫ﻬﻧﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ‪،‬ﺑﲔ)‪،(٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻚ ﰲ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻠﺞ *** ﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻬﻧﺞ)‪.(٥‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺳﻬﻼ )‪.(٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ‪" :‬ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪،‬ﻭﺧﻄﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﳍﺎ")‪.(٧‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪(١‬ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ )ﺹ‪.(١٩٦ :‬‬


‫)‪(٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ )ﺹ ‪(٣٢٥‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )ﺹ‪(٤٥٠‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ]ﻬﻧﺞ[‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪(٣٨٤/١٠‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﰲ ﳎﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪(١٦٨/١) ،‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ )‪(٣٨٤/١٠‬‬
‫)‪) (٧‬ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ(ﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲜﺎﻣﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃ ﱠﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،-‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﲦﺎﻧﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳓـﻮ ﻋﻤـﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃ ﹼﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﻞ ﺧﲑ ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺣـﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳌﻦ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﺡ ﻭﻻ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﻭﺧﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲡﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺃﹶﻧِﺒﺌﹸﻮﻧِﻲ ِﺑﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺳﻤَﺎﺀ َﻫﺆ‪‬ﻻﺀ ﺇِﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭ َﻋﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺳﻤَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﻛﱠﻠﻬَﺎ ﹸﺛﻢ‪َ ‬ﻋ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﲔ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[٣١ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺻَﺎ ِﺩِﻗ َ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﹰﺍ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺣﲔ ﺑﺪﺍ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﷲ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺒﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﺠﺰﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﱠﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪-‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻭﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ َﺮﻡ‪* ‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ َﺧﹶﻠ َﻖ * َﺧﹶﻠ َﻖ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴَﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ َﻋﹶﻠ ٍﻖ * ﺍ ﹾﻗ َﺮﹾﺃ َﻭ َﺭ‪‬ﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﺍ ﹾﻗ َﺮﹾﺃ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻢ َﺭ‪‬ﺑ َ‬
‫ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ َﻋﻠﱠ َﻢ ِﺑﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﹶﻠ ِﻢ * َﻋﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ .[ ٥-١ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﲢﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ)‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ -‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣِـﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ِﺑﻤَﺎ َﺗ ‪‬ﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺧِﺒ ‪‬ﲑ ‪ ] ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [ ١٧ :‬‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺃﹸﻭﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ َﻢ َﺩ َﺭﺟَﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺒﻌ َﻤﺎﹶﺋﺔ َﺩ َﺭ َﺟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﹸﻛ ﹼﻞ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﺑ َ‬‫ﻕ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻓﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ِ) :-‬ﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻌﻠ َﻤﺎ ِﺀ َﺩ َﺭ َﺟﺎ ٌٍ‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﳍﻤﺔ )‪.(١٢ /١٤‬‬


‫‪٦‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ َﻋﺎﻡ()‪.(١‬‬ ‫ﺴﲑ ﹶﺓ ﲬ َ‬ ‫َﺩﺭ َﺟﺘﲔ َﻣ ِ‬


‫ﻓﻠﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻀ ﹲﺔ‬‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬ﻣﺒﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ »:‬ﹶﻃﹶﻠﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﹶﻓﺮِﻳ َ‬
‫ﺴِﻠ ٍﻢ «)‪.(٢‬‬
‫َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪،‬ﻭﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳍـﺪﻑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺘﻔﻜﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘـﺴﻊ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻛـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ِﺯ ‪‬ﺩﻧِﻲ ِﻋ ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ] ‬ﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻗﹸﻞ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ،(٣) [ ١١٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ :-‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ)‪.(٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ :-‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣَﻦ ﺧﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﻏﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺨﺸَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻋﺒَﺎ ِﺩ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﹶﻠﻤَﺎﺀ‪.(٥)‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻫﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳَﺨﻂ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻼ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ِ  :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧﻤَﺎ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،-‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺴِﻠ ٍﻢ‪َ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪ِ ‬ﺮ ِﺩ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ِﺑ ِﻪ َﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺤِﻴ ِﺢ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻡ‪-‬ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ)‪َ ،(٦‬ﻭ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ﹾﺄﻭِﻳ ﹸﻞ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌﻀ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪َ -‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮِﻳ َﻦ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻧَﺎ َﻭﹶﺃﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ِﺇﻟﹶـﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ ‪‬ﻳﻘﹶﺎِﺗﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴِﻠ ِﻤ َ‬‫‪‬ﻳ ﹶﻔﻘﱢ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ ِﻦ َﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺗﺰَﺍ ﹸﻝ ِﻋﺼَﺎَﺑ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻂ ﺑِﺂ ِﺧ ِﺮ ِﻩ‪ -‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠﻢ‪.(٧) -‬‬ ‫َﻳ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ« َﻭﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮ‪َ ‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻕ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮَﺗِﺒ ﹲ‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻃﺮِﻳﻘﹰﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻠَﺘ ِﻤﺲ‪ ‬ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ِﻋﻠﹾﻤﹰﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻬ ﹶﻞ ﺍﷲ ﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺑِـ ِﻪ ﹶﻃﺮِﻳﻘـﹰﺎ ِﺇﻟﹶـ َﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ » َﻭ َﻣ ‪‬ﻦ َﺳﹶﻠ َ‬
‫ﺠ‪‬ﻨ ِﺔ«)‪ ،(٨‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ )‪.(٥٩ /٩‬‬


‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ )‪ .(٨١/١‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ،(٢٢٤‬ﻭﺻـﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻃﹶﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻀ ِﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ‪،‬ﰲ ﺑَﺎﺏ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪. (٢٢٠‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺹ ‪.(٦‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ )‪.(٤١ /٤‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﰎ )‪ ،(٣١٨٠/١٠‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ )‪.(٢٠/٧‬‬
‫)‪-(٦‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ )‪.(٥٥٥/٣‬‬
‫)‪-(٧‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ )‪ (٢٩٧ /٨‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ )‪.(٢٧٣ /٨‬‬
‫)‪-(٨‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٣٧/١‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ –ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻤ ِﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻴﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻠﻤﺬ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻠﻤﺬﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﻏﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺲ ﺍﻟ ِﻌﻠﹾـ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ» :‬ﺇﻥﱠ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺷﺮَﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻁ ﺍﻟﺴَﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻠَﺘ َﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻋ‪‬ﻨ َﺪ ﺍ َﻷﺻَﺎ ِﻏ ِﺮ« )‪ (١‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﻏﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻦ‪ -‬ﻭﻛـﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ )‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺘﺘﻠﻤﺬ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻠﻤﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﻮﺧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻨﻜﺮ ﻟﻜﺘـﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻂ ﻭﺍﳋﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﻫـﺆﻻﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗـﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓـﻮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ‪.(٣)..‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻲ ‪‬ـﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ِ» :‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻘِﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ َﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻧِﺘﺰَﺍﻋ‪‬ـﺎ‬
‫ﺱ ‪‬ﺭﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ َﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ ِﻖ ﻋَﺎِﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺗ َ‬
‫َﻳ‪‬ﻨَﺘ ِﺰﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ِ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌﺒَﺎﺩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ‪‬ﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻘِﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ َﻢ ِﺑ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺒ ِ‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ )‪ ،(٦١‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )ﺹ‪ (١٠٢‬ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ‪.(٢٧ / ١) -‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺿﻠﱡﻮﺍ « )‪.(١‬‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱡﻮﺍ َﻭﹶﺃ َ‬ ‫‪‬ﺟﻬ‪‬ﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺴ‪ِ‬ﺌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻓَﺘﻮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺑ َﻐ‪‬ﻴ ِﺮ ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ٍﻢ ﹶﻓ َ‬


‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻬ ﹸﻞ « )‪.(٢‬‬ ‫ﻁ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺮﹶﻓ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭَﻳ ﹾﻜﺜﹸ َﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ِ » :-‬ﺇﻥﱠ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺷﺮَﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﹶﺃﺑَﻲ ﻫ‪َ ‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ َﺮ ﹶﺓ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪َ -‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺝ ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ‪ :‬ﻳَﺎ َﺭﺳ‪‬ـﻮ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻬ ﹸﻞ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔَﺘﻦ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ﹾﻜﺜﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪» :‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘَﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌﻠﹾﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ﹾﻈ َﻬﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓﻬَﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻳﺮِﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻞ « )‪ ،(٣‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺃﺧـﺬ‬ ‫ﺝ ؟ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪َ :‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ِﺑَﻴ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ َﻭﻣَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﻼﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﻼﺀ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻑ ﹶﺃﺫﹶﺍﻋ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ‬
‫ﺨ ‪‬ﻮ ِ‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ‪-‬ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪َ :-‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺟَﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻣ ِﻦ ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﻀﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠـ ِﻪ‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻨِﺒﻄﹸﻮَﻧﻪ‪ِ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﺑ ِﻪ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ َﺭﺩ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻩ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ َﻭِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟِﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺮ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ َﻌِﻠ َﻤﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪[٨٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﻌﻦ ﺯﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﲔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺸ‪‬ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭ َﺭ ‪‬ﺣ َﻤﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻻﺗ‪َ‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻌﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،-‬ﻭﻃﻌﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻮﺍ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻠﻜﻮﺍ" )‪.(٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻘﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻨﺎﺻﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻪ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺧﻄﲑ )‪.(٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳚﻬﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﺘﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺯﻣﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟـ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﹸﻨـ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ‬
‫َﺗ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪[٤٣:‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ‪-‬ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪-‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻐﲑﻫﻢ ؛ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﺍﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻧﻌﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﳋﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫ﻒ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘَﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(٩٨‬‬ ‫)‪-(١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (١٧٦ /١‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﹶﻛ‪‬ﻴ َ‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻬ ِﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ َﺭﺑِﻴ َﻌ ﹸﺔ ﻟﹶﺎ َﻳ‪‬ﻨَﺒﻐِﻲ ِﻟﹶﺄ َﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻋ‪‬ﻨ َﺪﻩ‪ ‬ﺷَـ ‪‬ﻲ ٌﺀ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫)‪-(٢‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪، (٤٣/١‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑَﺎﺏ َﺭ ﹾﻓ ِﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ َﻭ ﹸﻇﻬ‪‬ﻮ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺴﻪ‪، ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(٨١‬‬ ‫ﻀ‪‬ﻴ َﻊ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺱ‪.‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪.(٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔ‪‬ﺘﻴَﺎ ِﺑِﺈﺷَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ِﺪ ﻭَﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ِ‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (٤٤/١‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ‪-‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﺟَﺎ َ‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ‪،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ـ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ـ ﻋﻼﺟﻪ‪،‬ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ) ،‬ﺹ‪.(٣١‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ‪ ..‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.(٢٦ / ١) -‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ِ  :‬ﺇﻥﱠ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸـﺮ‪‬ﺁ ﹶﻥ‬
‫ِﻳ ‪‬ﻬﺪِﻱ ِﻟﱠﻠﺘِﻲ ِﻫ َﻲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َﻮﻡ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﲝﻔﻆ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﲢﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻦ‪َ ‬ﻧ ‪‬ﺰﹾﻟﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ َﺮ َﻭِﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻟﺤَﺎِﻓﻈﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[٩ :‬‬ ‫‪ِ‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ َﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺐ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺗَـﺎ ِﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻓِـﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ِ)) : -‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻭ ِﺷﻚ‪ ‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺩﻋَﻰ ﹶﻓﹸﺄﺟِﻴ َ‬
‫ﺽ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻋ‪‬ﺘ َﺮﺗِـﻲ‬ ‫ﺴﻤَﺎ ِﺀ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ َﺣ‪‬ﺒ ﹲﻞ َﻣ ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺩ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ َﻋ ‪‬ﺰ َﻭ َﺟﻞﱠ َﻭ ِﻋ‪‬ﺘ َﺮﺗِﻲ‪ِ ،‬ﻛﺘَﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﱠ ﹶﻘﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻦ‪ِ ،‬ﻛﺘَﺎ َ‬
‫ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ‪‬ﻧ ﹸﻈﺮ‪‬ﻭﻧِﻲ ﺑِـ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺨِﺒ َﲑ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺧَﺒ َﺮﻧِﻲ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻬﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﺮﻗﹶﺎ َﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ َﻳ ِﺮﺩَﺍ َﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﻒ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫﻞﹸ َﺑ‪‬ﻴﺘِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻄِﻴ َ‬
‫ﺨﻠﹸﻔﹸﻮﻧِﻲ ﻓِﻴ ِﻬﻤَﺎ(()‪.(١‬‬ ‫َﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﹰﺎ)‪.(٢‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻬﻧﺠﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺨﹶﻠﻔﹶﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺷﺪِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪َ » :‬ﺳَﺘ َﺮ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ َﺑ ‪‬ﻌﺪِﻱ ﺍ ‪‬ﺧﺘِﻼﻓﹰﺎ َﺷﺪِﻳﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑﺴ‪‬ﻨﺘِﻲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻨ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ َﺪﺛﹶﺎﺕِ؛ ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﹸﻛ ﱠﻞ ِﺑ ‪‬ﺪ َﻋ ٍﺔ ﺿَﻼﹶﻟ ﹲﺔ « )‪. (٣‬‬ ‫ﲔ َﻋﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻬَﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨﻮَﺍ ِﺟﺬِ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﹸﺄﻣ‪‬ﻮ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪ ‬‬‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺪ‪‬ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ": -‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﻜﻔﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﱂ ﳚﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ")‪.(٤‬‬
‫ﺝ ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪» : -‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘَﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭَﻳ ﹾﻈ َﻬﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻬ ﹸﻞ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔَﺘﻦ‪َ ‬ﻭَﻳ ﹾﻜﺜﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﻬ‪‬ـ ﹸﻞ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓﻬَﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻳﺮِﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻞ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﻘَﺒﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭَﻳ ﹾﻈ َﻬﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬‫ﺝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ (٢٥٢ / ٢٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ) ‪.( ٣٥٧ - ٣٥٦ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪) -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ٩٢‬ﺹ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﲔ ‪-‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ،(٤٢‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠﻔﹶﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺷﺪِﻳ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺪ‪‬ﻳ َ‬
‫ﻉ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ )‪ (١٥/١‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﺒَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ) ‪. (٤٠‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ) ‪.( ٤ /١‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓﻬَـﺎ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧ‪‬ـﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺮِﻳـﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔَﺘﻦ‪َ ‬ﻭَﻳ ﹾﻜﺜﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ‪ :‬ﻳَﺎ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ َﻭﻣَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺮﺝ‪‬؟ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪َ :‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ِﺑَﻴ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﹶﻓ َ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺘ‪‬ﻞ«)‪.(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﺤ ِﻘﺮ‪ ‬ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺻَﻼَﺗﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤَﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ َﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪َ » :‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻋﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻴَﺎ ِﻣ ِﻬﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ﹾﻘ َﺮﺀُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﺮ‪‬ﺁ ﹶﻥ ﻻ ‪‬ﻳﺠَﺎ ِﻭﺯ‪َ ‬ﺗﺮَﺍِﻗَﻴﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ «)‪ (٣‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻴَﺎ َﻣ ‪‬ﻪ َﻣ َﻊ ِ‬
‫َﻣ َﻊ ﺻَﻼِﺗ ِﻬﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﳛﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﳌﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺒﺒﹰﺎ ﳋﺮﻭﺟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ " :‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﲑ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ")‪.(٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﳘﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ " :-‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺼﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﺎ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻐـﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜـﺮﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﻧﺒﺬﻭﻩ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ‪. (٥) " ..‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪] ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [١١ :‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓ ِﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭَﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺃﹸﻭﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ َﻢ َﺩ َﺭﺟَﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺨﺸَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻋﺒَﺎ ِﺩ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﹶﻠﻤَﺎﺀ‪ ] ‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[ ٢٨ :‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ِ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧﻤَﺎ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺼ َﲑ ٍﺓ ﹶﺃَﻧ ﹾﺎ َﻭ َﻣ ِﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪  :‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ َﺳﺒِﻴﻠِﻲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻮ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺼ َﲑ ٍﺓ ‪ ‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﺗَﺒ َﻌﻨِﻲ‪ ] ‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[١٠٨:‬ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ‪َ ‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪  :‬ﹶﺃ َﻭ ﻣَﻦ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫ﺱ‪.‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪.(٨٥‬‬‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔ‪‬ﺘﻴَﺎ ِﺑِﺈﺷَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ِﺪ ﻭَﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ِ‬


‫)‪-(١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (٤٤/١‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ‪-‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﹶﺃﺟَﺎ َ‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ‪،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ـ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ـ ﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪).‬ﺹ ‪.(١٨-١٦‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻮ‪ِ ‬ﺓ ﰲ ﺍﹾﻟِﺈ ‪‬ﺳﻠﹶﺎ ِﻡ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (٣٤١٤‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣـﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪-(٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ) ‪.(١٣٢١/٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ‪ -‬ﺑَﺎﺏ َﻋﻠﹶﺎﻣَﺎ ِ‬
‫)‪.( ٧٤٤/٢‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ‪،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪.(١٠٦٤‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ)‪.(٣٩٣ / ١١‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺃﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ) ‪.( ٣٧٨/٧‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺱ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪[ ١٢٢:‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫َﻣ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺣَﻴ‪‬ﻴﻨَﺎ ‪‬ﻩ َﻭ َﺟ َﻌ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ َﻳ ‪‬ﻤﺸِﻲ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺏ ِﺯ ‪‬ﺩﻧِﻲ ِﻋ ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ] ‬ﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[ ١١٤:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻗﹸﻞ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪﺣﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ‬ﺍﻗﹾـ َﺮﹾﺃ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ َﺧﹶﻠ َﻖ ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻖ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[١:‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟـﻪ ﺗﻌـﺎﱃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻢ َﺭ‪‬ﺑ َ‬
‫ﻂ‪ ] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[١٨:‬‬ ‫ﺴِ‬‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ َﻭﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﻗﹶﺂِﺋ َﻤﹰﺎ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ِﻘ ‪‬‬
‫َﺷ ِﻬ َﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃﻧ‪ ‬ﻪ ﹶﻻ ِﺇﹶﻟ َﻪ ِﺇﻻﱠ ﻫ‪َ ‬ﻮ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬
‫"ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺎﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳـﺴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻷﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﰊ ﺫﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﺴﺮﺓ ﻧﺪﺍﻣﺔ« )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻻﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳـﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻭﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺼﺎﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻔﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻗـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﱪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻤﺎ ﳜﻄﺊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻪ")‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﱰﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﻓﻴﻌﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ‪..‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻬﻧﻢ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪َ  :‬ﺷ ِﻬ َﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ َﻭﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﻗﹶﺂِﺋ َﻤﹰﺎ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ِﻘﺴ‪‬ﻂِ‪] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[١٨:‬ﻭﻧﻔﻰ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧ‪ ‬ﻪ ﹶﻻ ِﺇﹶﻟ َﻪ ِﺇﻻﱠ ﻫ‪َ ‬ﻮ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻮِﻱ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ـﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﺍﻟﱠـﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻻ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ـﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬‬ ‫ﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪  :‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ َﻫ ﹾﻞ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﺸَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[٩:‬ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺃ ﱠﻥ ﺃﻟﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪،‬ﺧﺸﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ِ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧﻤَﺎ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻋﺒَﺎ ِﺩ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﹶﻠﻤَﺎﺀ ‪]  µ‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[٢٨:‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬـﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤـﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑـﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫ﺿﺮ‪‬ﻭ َﺭ ٍﺓ ‪،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪.(١٨٢٥‬‬


‫)‪-(١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ)‪ِ (١٤٥٧/٣‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﹶﻛﺮَﺍ َﻫ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟِﺈﻣَﺎ َﺭ ِﺓ ِﺑ َﻐ‪‬ﻴ ِﺮ َ‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪.(٢٢ / ٨) -‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺸﻮﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﻮ‪‬ﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻗﱢﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲜﻬﻞ؛ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﱠـﺎﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺼ َﺮ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔﺆَﺍ َﺩ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤ َﻊ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟَﺒ َ‬
‫ﻚ ِﺑ ِﻪ ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺲ ﹶﻟ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﻘﻒ‪ ‬ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ َ‬
‫ﺴﺆ‪‬ﻭ ﹰﻻ ‪] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.(١) [ ٣٦:‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻋ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪َ ‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹸﻛﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻭﻟِﺌ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨـﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﱃ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀﺍﷲ "‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ " :-‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ " )‪.(٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳَﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻀﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ » : -‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻛﻤﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻋﻪ ﻣﻨـﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺱ ﺟﻬﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻔﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﻓَﻴﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻀﻠﻮﻥ « )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﹸﻟﺒ‪‬ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺰﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ؛ ﻓﺄﻓﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺷﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑـﺎﺣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻼ ﹲﻝ َﻭ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ َﺣﺮَﺍ ‪‬ﻡ ﱢﻟَﺘ ﹾﻔَﺘﺮ‪‬ﻭﹾﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬‫ﺏ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ َﺣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ َ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‪ ‬ﹶﺃﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪َ  :‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ِﻟﻤَﺎ َﺗ ِ‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻔِﻠﺤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [١١٦:‬‬ ‫ﺏ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ َ‬
‫*ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺸﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﷲ ِﻋ ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻔﻰ ﺑِـﺎ ِﻻ ﹾﻏِﺘﺮَﺍ ِﺭ ﺑِـ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺸَﻴ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺨ‪‬‬‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪ ) :‬ﹶﻛﻔﹶﻰ ِﺑ َ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻼ( )‪ ،(٥‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯ ﻗﺎﺋ ﹰ‬ ‫َﺟ ‪‬ﻬ ﹰ‬
‫ﳜﺸﻰ ﺍﷲ " )‪ ،(٦‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪ -(١‬ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ )‪.(٢٢ / ٨‬‬


‫)‪ -(٢‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪-‬ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ )ﺹ‪. ( ٤١‬‬
‫)‪ -(٣‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ) ‪.( ٢٤٠/٢٢‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﲣﺮﳚﻪ)ﺹ‪.(١٢‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ‪.(٢٩١ / ١٣) -‬‬
‫)‪-(٦‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ )‪.(٨٠ / ٣‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻣَﺎ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌ ِﻘﹸﻠﻬَﺎ ِﺇﻻﱠ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎِﻟﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪[ ٤٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺟَﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻑ ﹶﺃﺫﹶﺍﻋ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ِﺑ ِﻪ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ َﺭﺩ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻩ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ َﻭِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟِﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺮ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ َﻌِﻠﻤَـ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﱠـﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺨ ‪‬ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻣ ِﻦ ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺴﺘَﻨِﺒﻄﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪[ ٨٣ :‬ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺣﺜﱠﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﳍﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.(١) [ ٧ :‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻪ‪َ :‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃﺑِﻲ ﹸﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣ ﹶﺔ َﻋ ‪‬ﻦ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ـ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻒ َﻳ ﹾﺬ َﻫﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳَﺎ َﻧِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﷲ َﻭﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ ِﻛﺘَـﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ؟ ﻗﹶـﺎ ﹶﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺐ ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪َ :‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ‪‬ﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ » ‪‬ﺧﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ َﻢ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺬ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﻀ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻪ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪ :‬ﹶﺛ ِﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﺘﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﻬَﺎ‪‬ﺗ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ َﺗﻜﹸ ِﻦ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻮﺭَﺍ ﹸﺓ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟِﺈ‪‬ﻧﺠِﻴ ﹸﻞ ﻓِﻲ َﺑﻨِﻲ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻐ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َﻐ ِ‬
‫ﺐ َﺣ َﻤﹶﻠ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻪ « )‪.(٢‬‬‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺬ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﺐ َﺣ َﻤﹶﻠﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ِ ،‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﹶﺫﻫَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ِﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺬ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻐِﻨﻴَﺎ َﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ َﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ ؟! ِﺇﻥﱠ ﹶﺫﻫَﺎ َ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﻓﻬ ﹰﺔ *** ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺣﺮ ِﻡ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺁﺧﺬﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻒ*** ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺐ ﻗﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﹰﺎ *** ﻭﺁﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﹰﺎ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺌﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﳍﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻗـﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻓﱴ ﻗﺎﻝ‪  :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹸﻈﻦ‪ِ ‬ﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﻇﻨ‪‬ﺎ َﻭﻣَـﺎ‬
‫ﲔ ‪ ] ‬ﺍﳉﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.(٥) [٣٢:‬‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ‪‬ﻴ ِﻘِﻨ َ‬‫ﺤﻦ‪ِ ‬ﺑﻤ‪ ‬‬
‫َﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪٣‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﰲ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻠﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﱢﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺣﹰﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﱢـﻢ‪،‬‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ)‪ (٦٧/١‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ) ‪(٦٨/١‬‬


‫)‪-(٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ )‪.(٨٩ / ١‬‬
‫)‪ -(٣‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ )‪.(٣١٠ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪ -(٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﺎﻣﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﻭﻡ*** ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻨﻊ ﲟﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﱪﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ )‪(١٢٠/٤‬‬
‫)‪ -(٥‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ)‪.(١٤٦/٢‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺑ‪‬ﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﲔ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻣـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺪ)‪.(١‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻞﱡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺤﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ » : -‬ﹶﻟَﻴ ﹾﺄِﺗَﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺘِﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺑﻨِـﻲ‬
‫ﺼَﻨﻊ‪ ‬ﺫﻟـﻚ‬‫ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ َﺣ ﹾﺬ َﻭ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ِﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ِﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﹸﺃﻣ‪ ‬ﻪ َﻋﻠﹶﺎِﻧَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻟﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﰲ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺘِﻲ ﻣﻦ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﲔ ِﻣﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻛﻠـﻬﻢ ﰲ‬‫ﺙ َﻭ َﺳ‪‬ﺒ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻣﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ َﻭَﺗ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﺮﻕ‪ ‬ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺘِﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﺛﻠﹶﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ِﺛ‪‬ﻨَﺘ‪‬ﻴ ِﻦ َﻭ َﺳ‪‬ﺒ ِﻌ َ‬
‫َﻭِﺇﻥﱠ َﺑﻨِﻲ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ َﺗ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺤَﺎﺑِﻲ« )‪.(٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِﺭ ﺇﻻ ِﻣﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ َﻭﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ﹰﺓ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ َﻭ َﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻫ َﻲ ﻳﺎ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ َﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴَﺘ ‪‬ﻦ ﲟـﻦ ﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣَﻦ ﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﱠﻥ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺆ َﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟ ِﻔ‪‬ﺘَﻨﺔﹸ( )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺧﲑ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺱ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﻧِﻲ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻠﹸﻮَﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪. (٥) « .. ،‬‬ ‫» َﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻧـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺑـﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌـﺘﲏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﺧـﺬﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻜﻢ‪،‬ﻗـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [٧:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻢ ﺑﺼﻼﺣﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﻋﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟـﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺼ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﲑﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺸﺪﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻮ ﺍﳋـﺒﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻪ ‪  .‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪ ‬ﺣ َﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄ ﹾﻝ ِﺑ ِﻪ َﺧِﺒﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [٥٩:‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ )ﺹ‪٤٨‬ـ‪).(٤٩‬ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ(‪.‬‬


‫)‪-(٢‬ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ )ﺹ‪. (٩١‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﺄﹸ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ِ (٢٦/٥‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟِﺈﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺮَﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ)‪ (٢٦٤١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ )‪.(٤٠٤ /١‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ )‪.(٢٩٢ / ١‬‬
‫ﺸ َﻬﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺷَـﻬَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ ﺟَـ ‪‬ﻮ ٍﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺷ‪‬ـ ِﻬﺪَ‪،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪(٩٣٨/٢‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﻟﹶﺎ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ)‪،(٢٥٠٩‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ)‪،(١٩٦٣/٤‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟـﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗـﻢ‬
‫)‪.(٢٥٣٣‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ‪ " :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻋـﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟـﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ"‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺃﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺧﻠﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳـﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﳉﻠﻴﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ‪،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻐـﲑﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻣﺎ ﳎﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﻘﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻫﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻤ ِﺮﺿَـ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ‪‬ﻫﻮَﺍ ِﺀ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺠَﺎﻟﹶـ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪) :-‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺗﺠَﺎِﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ()‪ . (٢‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻧﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻋﻈﻢ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﻫﻢ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺴﻮﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹸﻘﻠﹸﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺒﻴﻎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻﲡﺎﻟﺴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻠـﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺲ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ" )‪.(٣‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺒﻨَﺎ ﻣَﺎ َﻭ َﺟ ‪‬ﺪﻧَﺎ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ َﺗﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ َﺰ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ َﻭِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ َﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺁﺑَﺎﺀﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺁﺑَﺎ ‪‬ﺅ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ‪‬ﻬَﺘﺪ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [١٠٤ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪" :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﻚ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﹶﺃ َﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺁﺑَﺎ ‪‬ﺅ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ‪‬ﻌ ِﻘﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺷﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﺣ ﹼﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴـﻒ‬
‫ﻼ" )‪. (٤‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ؟ !ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺟﻬﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺿﻞ ﺳﺒﻴ ﹰ‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ‪.(٤٤٣ / ٢) -‬‬


‫)‪-(٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻶﺟﺮﻱ ‪.(١٤٤ / ١) -‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ (٤١٤/ ١) ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ) ‪ (٢٣٣/ ٨‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ )ﺹ ‪ ،(١٢٥‬ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ) ‪.(٢٥٨/٣‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪.(٢١١ / ٣ ) -‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺩِﻳَﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﹾﻥ ﺁ َﻣ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣ َﻦ َﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻔ َﺮ‬‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪) :-‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹶﻘﱢﻠ َﺪﻥﱠ َﺭ ‪‬ﺟ ﹲﻞ َﺭﺟ‪ ‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻰ ﹶﻻ ﺗ‪ ‬ﺆ َﻣﻦ‪َ ‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ‪‬ﺘَﻨﺔﹸ( )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻰ ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺖ َﻭَﻳ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪ِ ‬ﻙ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ﹶﻔ َﺮ ﹶﻓِﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ﹶﻘﱢﻠﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﹶﻻ َﻣﺤَﺎﹶﻟ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴ‪ ‬ﹶﻘﱢﻠ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ‪‬ﻴ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ" )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪" :‬ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪-‬ﺻـﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺳـﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ" )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻓﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺖ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ ﺭﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻪ‪،‬ﻳﻮﺍﱄ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺼﺒﻮﻥ ﳍـﻢ ﺷﺨـﺼﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻛﻼﻣﹰﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩﻭﻥ"‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﲨﺎﻋﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣـﺰﺍ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪-٦‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺠ َﺮ َﺑ‪‬ﻴَﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﹶﻻ َﻳﺠِـﺪ‪‬ﻭﹾﺍ ﻓِـﻲ‬ ‫ﺤ ﱢﻜﻤ‪‬ﻮ َﻙ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺷ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺆ ِﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺣ‪‬ﺘ َﻰ ‪‬ﻳ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻭ َﺭ‪‬ﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ‪  :‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬
‫ﺴﻠِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪ ،[٦٥ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ‪":‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺴﱢﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ َﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻭ‪‬ﻳ َ‬ ‫ﻀ‪‬ﻴ َ‬‫ﺴ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ َﺣ َﺮ ‪‬ﺟﺎ ‪‬ﻣﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻗ َ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﺳﻼﻡ ﻣـﻦ ﱂ ﻳـﺴﻠﹼﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﲔ ‪،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬ﻭﻻﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ" )‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺡ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻨﲑﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[١٩ :‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ِ  :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧﻤَﺎ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﺬﻛﱠﺮ‪ ‬ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﺍ َﻷﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺏ‪ ] ‬ﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣﺒَﺎ َﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻟﱢَﻴﺪ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺁﻳَﺎِﺗ ِﻪ َﻭِﻟَﻴَﺘ ﹶﺬﻛﱠ َﺮ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺍ َﻷﹾﻟﺒَـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﹶﻧ َﺰﹾﻟﻨَﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ َ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ِ :‬ﻛﺘَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫‪ [٢٩‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺯﻟﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪(٩٣ / ١‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ) ‪.(١٦٦ /٩‬‬


‫)‪-(٢‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ )‪.(٧٥/ ٢‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )ﺹ‪.(٣٩٦‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺩﺭﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ )‪.(١٤٩/ ١‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪. (٢٣١/ ١) ،‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺻﻨﻔﲔ ‪:‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﻋﻄﻠﻪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺯﻧﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.(١) ..‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﻨﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛـﺎﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻬﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻏﺘـﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﲟﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲜﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻟـﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻃﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ؛ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟـﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻـﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬ﺫ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺘﻨﻊ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪-‬ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪  :-‬ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹶﻔ َﺮ ﻣِﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﻓ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻗ ٍﺔ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻃﹶﺂِﺋ ﹶﻔ ﹲﺔ ﱢﻟَﻴَﺘ ﹶﻔ ﱠﻘﻬ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ ِﻦ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪.[١٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪−‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪َ »:−‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ِﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ِﺑ ِﻪ َﺧ‪‬ﻴﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻳ ﹶﻔﻘﱢ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ ِﻦ َﻭِﺇ‪‬ﻧﻤَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟ‪‬ﺘ َﻌﻠﱡ ِﻢ«)‪.(٣‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮِﻳ َﻦ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻳ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ « )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ » :‬ﹶﻻ َﺗﺰَﺍ ﹸﻝ ﻃﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻔ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺘِﻰ ‪‬ﻳﻘﹶﺎِﺗﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺠﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳏﺪﺛﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﻫﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻧﺎﻫﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺣـﱴ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ﺃﻫـ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ )‪.(١٥٥-١٤٩/ ١‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ )‪. (٣٠١-٢٩٤/ ١‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ )‪ (٢٩١-٢٨٧/ ١‬ﻭﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪) -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ٩٢‬ﺹ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٣٧/١‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪-‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻤ ِﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ)‪(١٥٢٤/٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ‪،‬ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗـﻢ‬
‫)‪. (١٩٢٤‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٦٧/١٣‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ‪.‬‬


‫ﻭﻧﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﳋﻼﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﴰﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺗ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮﻗﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﻭَﺍ ‪‬ﺧَﺘﹶﻠﻔﹸﻮﹾﺍ ﻣِـﻦ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬ﺁﻳﺔ‪. [ ١٠٥ :‬‬ ‫َﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ِﺪ ﻣَﺎ ﺟَﺎﺀﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ‪‬ﻴﻨَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ؟ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺬﺭ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺬﺭ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ؟ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻗـﻒ ﻣﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ؟ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳚﻬﻠﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪..‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻏﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ! ﺍﺟﺘﻤـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻘﻪ ﳏﺎﺫﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ؟ ﻭﳏـﺎﺫﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﱳ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ؟ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﺪﻻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻋﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺼﻨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﺧﻄـﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺘﻜﻔﲑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﻟﻠـﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪،‬ﻭﺭﺗﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺍﺳـﺘﺒﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﳌﻄﻤﺌﻨﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻛﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺸﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻏﲎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ)‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪-‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ » :‬ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻤَﺎ َﺭﺟ‪ٍ ‬ﻞ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫َﻷﺧِﻴ ِﻪ ﻛﹶﺎِﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑَﺎ َﺀ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻫﻤَﺎ« ‪.‬‬
‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪) ،‬ﺹ‪)(٢٢‬ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ( ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ‪ -‬ﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻭ )ﺹ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ َﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻛﻔﱠ َﺮ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ِﺑ َﻐ‪‬ﻴ ِﺮ َﺗ ﹾﺄﻭِﻳ ٍﻞ ﹶﻓﻬ‪َ ‬ﻮ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪.‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪.(٥٦٣٨‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (٥٨ /١٩‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ َﺩ ِ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫" ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﺻـﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻌ‪‬ﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳓـﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺣﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻـﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ َﺭ ﹾﻃﺒ‪‬ـﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠَـﺎ ِﻭﺯ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﳍﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ »ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ َﻳ‪‬ﺘﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻛﺘَـﺎ َ‬
‫َﺣﻨَﺎ ِﺟ َﺮﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ « )‪ ،(١‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤـﻪ ﺍﻟـﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ " ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ")‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ِ» : -‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ َﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ‪‬ﺘِﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣَﺎ َﺗﺸَﺎَﺑ َﻪ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﹶﻓﺄﹸﻭﹶﻟﺌِـ َ‬
‫ﻚ‬
‫ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺣ ﹶﺬﺭ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ « )‪.(٤) .(٣‬‬
‫ﺴﺮ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳﺸَﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺇﻻ ﹶﻏﹶﻠﺒَـﻪ« )‪(٥‬؛ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ِ » : -‬ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ َﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪-‬ﺻـﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺛﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ)‪. (٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ‪-‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ " :-‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺂﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻬﺪ ﻻ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺑﺎﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺌﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﳌـﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﺭﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏـﲑ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ )‪.(٧‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫ﺿ َﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺴﻠﹶﺎﻡ َﻭﺧَﺎِﻟ ِﺪ ‪‬ﺑ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﻟِﻴ ِﺪ َﺭ ِ‬
‫ﺐ َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬‫ﺚ َﻋِﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺑ ِﻦ ﹶﺃﺑِﻲ ﻃﹶﺎِﻟ ٍ‬
‫)‪-(١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (٢٤٨ /١٣‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻐَﺎﺯِﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ َﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ﹸ‬
‫ﻉ)‪.(٤٠٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﺩَﺍ ِ‬
‫َﻋ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪ِ ‬ﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ َﻤ ِﻦ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﻞ َﺣ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ) ‪. (١١٥ / ٧‬‬
‫ﺕ ‪، ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(٤٢٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻜ َﻤﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣ‪ ‬‬‫)‪-(٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ)‪ .(١٦٥٥/٤‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ِ  :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﺁﻳَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ) ‪ ٢٩٤/٢‬ـ‪. ( ٣٠٧‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺮ)‪(٣٨‬‬ ‫)‪-(٥‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ِ (٦٩ /١‬ﻛﺘَﺎﺏ ﺍﹾﻟِﺈﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-(٦‬ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ‪،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ـ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ـ ﻋﻼﺟﻪ‪،‬ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ) ،‬ﺹ‪.(١٩‬‬
‫)‪-(٧‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ‪.(١٧٧ / ٥) -‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴِﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.[٢٤ :‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ٰ  :‬ﻳﹶﺄ‪‬ﻳﻬَﺎ ﭐﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺀﺍ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﭐ ‪‬ﺳَﺘﺠِﻴﺒ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﻭﻟِﻠ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ َﺩﻋَﺎ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻟﻤَﺎ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ ِﺑ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋَﻦ ﺳَـﺒِﻴِﻠ ِﻪ‬‫ﺴﺒ‪ ‬ﹶﻞ ﹶﻓَﺘ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮ َ‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻘِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﭑ‪‬ﺗِﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻩ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ‪‬ﺘِﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﭐﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ ٰﺮﻃِﻲ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ـﺬﹶﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻫ ٰ‬
‫ـ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ َﺗ‪‬ﺘﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.[١٥٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺻ ٰ‬‫ٰﺫِﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻟﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﭐﻹ ‪‬ﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺩِﻳَﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ‪‬ﺗ َﻤ ‪‬ﻤﺖ‪َ ‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻧ ‪‬ﻌ َﻤﺘِﻰ َﻭ َﺭﺿِﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﭐﹾﻟَﻴ ‪‬ﻮ َﻡ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ َﻤ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻒ ِﻹﹾﺛ ٍﻢ ﹶﻓِﺈﻥﱠ ﭐﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ﹶﻏﻔﹸﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺭﺣِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪. [٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺼ ٍﺔ ﹶﻏ‪‬ﻴ َﺮ ‪‬ﻣَﺘﺠَﺎِﻧ ٍ‬‫ﺨ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹸﻄﺮ‪ ‬ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩِﻳﻨﹰﺎ ﹶﻓ َﻤ ِﻦ ﭐ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪) :-‬ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ‬
‫ﳍﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻓﻼ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﲤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻪ ﺃﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺿﻴﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺨﻄﻪ ﺃﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ( )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﺴ َﻤﻌ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ٰ  :‬ﻳﹶﺄ‪‬ﻳﻬَﺎ ﭐﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺀﺍ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﹶﺃﻃِﻴﻌ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ ﭐﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﻭ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﹶﻟﻪ‪َ ‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ َﻮﱠﻟ ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ َﻋ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪َ ‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧـﺘ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺗَـ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.[٢٠ :‬‬
‫ﺴ َﻦ ﻣَﺎ ﺃﹸﻧ ِﺰ ﹶﻝ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑﻜﹸـ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﺒ ِﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺄِﺗَﻴﻜﹸـ ‪‬ﻢ ﭐﹾﻟﻌَـﺬﹶﺍﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﻭَﭐ‪‬ﺗِﺒﻌ‪‬ـﻮﹾﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ َ‬
‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.[٥٥ :‬‬ ‫َﺑ ‪‬ﻐَﺘ ﹰﺔ َﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ - :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺽ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﰒ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻋﻈﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺑﻠﻴﻐﺔ ﺫﺭﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﻣﻮﺩ‪‬ﻉ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ؟ ﻗـﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻭﺻـﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺣﺒﺸﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ َﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﻌﺶ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﺴﲑﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑـﺴﻨﱵ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﲤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﺟﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﳏﺪﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣـﻮﺭ؛‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ« )‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲ َﻋﻠﹶﻴﻪ ﻭﺳَـﻠﱠﻢ‪-‬‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ -‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪َ ) :‬ﺧﻂﱠ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﷲ« ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪َ ‬ﺧﻂﱠ ‪‬ﺧﻄﹸﻮﻃﹰﺎ َﻋ ‪‬ﻦ َﻳﻤِﻴِﻨ ِﻪ ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ِﺷﻤَﺎِﻟ ِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪َ :‬ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺳ‪‬ـ‪‬ﺒ ﹲﻞ‬ ‫َﺧﻄ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪َ » :‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ َﺳﺒِﻴ ﹸﻞ ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ )‪.(٤١٩/٤‬‬


‫)‪-(٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ ،(١٣/٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ )‪.(١٦٥‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺴَﺘﻘِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎ‪‬ﺗِﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻩ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ‪‬ﺘِﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ‬ ‫ﺻﺮَﺍﻃِﻲ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻼ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺳﺒِﻴ ٍﻞ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨﻬَﺎ َﺷ‪‬ﻴﻄﹶﺎ ﹲﻥ َﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪َ ‬ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﻕ ِﺑ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋَﻦ َﺳﺒِﻴِﻠ ِﻪ ﹶﺫِﻟﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭﺻ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ َﺗ‪‬ﺘﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ]  ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪. (١) [١٥٣:‬‬ ‫ﺴﺒ‪ ‬ﹶﻞ ﹶﻓَﺘ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،-‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪َ » :‬ﻭﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ َﺗ َﺮ ﹾﻛﺖ‪ ‬ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣَﺎ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ « )‪.(٢‬‬ ‫ﺼ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑ ِﻪ ِﻛﺘَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱡﻮﺍ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺍ ‪‬ﻋَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ َﺗ ِ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴَﻨ ِﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋَﻴ‪‬ﺘﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶﻓِﺈ‪‬ﻧﻬ‪ ‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﺪَﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ِ‬
‫ﺻﺤَﺎ َ‬‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ِ) : -‬ﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿﻠﱡﻮﺍ( )‪.(٣‬‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱡﻮﺍ َﻭﹶﺃ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔﻈﹸﻮﻫَﺎ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺑِﺎﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄﺣَﺎﺩِﻳﺚﹸ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‬‫ﺴَﻨﻦِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈ ﱠﻥ ﹶﺃﺻ‪‬ـﺤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺠَﺎ ِﺩﻟﹸﻮﻫ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸ‪‬ﺒﻬَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻳ‪‬ﺠَﺎ ِﺩﻟﹸﻮَﻧﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪َ ) :‬ﺳَﻴ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ ﹸﺃﻧَﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ( )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫ﺴَﻨ ِﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠﻢ‪ِ ‬ﺑ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ِﺪﺛﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔﻄﹾـ َﺮﺓِ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﺇ‪‬ﻧﻜﹸـ ‪‬ﻢ ﺳَـﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺻَﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ِ) :-‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ‪‬ﻭ ِﻝ( )‪.(٥‬‬ ‫ﺤ َﺪﹶﺛﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ َﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ِ‬
‫ﺤ َﺪﺙﹸ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓِﺈﺫﹶﺍ َﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫َﻭﻳ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫـﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎﺀ")‪.(٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻞ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺛﺮ")‪.(٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪: -‬‬
‫ﺤ ﹶﺬ ِﺭ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺨَﺎِﻟﻔﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺮ ِﻩ ﺃﹶﻥ ‪‬ﺗﺼِﻴَﺒ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻓ‪‬ﺘَﻨ ﹲﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺃﻳﺖ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪  :‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﺃﻟِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.(٨) [٦٣:‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻳﺼِﻴَﺒ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ َﻋﺬﹶﺍ ‪‬‬

‫‪                                                             ‬‬

‫)‪-(١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ )‪(٤٣٥/١‬ﻭ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻇﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪.(١٧‬‬
‫)‪-(٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.(١٢١٨) -‬‬
‫)‪-(٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪.(١٤٦/٤‬‬
‫)‪-(٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ ،(٤٩/١‬ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ )‪ (٢٥٠/١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‪" :‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫)‪-(٥‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ )‪.(٣٢٩/١‬‬
‫)‪-(٦‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ )‪.(١٩٩/١‬‬
‫)‪-(٧‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪.(٢١٦/١‬‬
‫)‪-(٨‬ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ )‪.(٢١٦/١‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬


‫ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲨﺎﻋﻴـﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﳝـﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﲪﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﻴﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬‬
‫ﺻﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.[٢٥-٢٤:‬‬ ‫ﺴﺌﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ * ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ َﺗﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫َﻭِﻗﻔﹸﻮ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺇ‪‬ﻧﻬ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ِ‬ﺇ ّﹶﻥ ﺍﻟّﹶﻠ َﻪ ﻻ ‪‬ﻳ َﻐِّﻴ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣَﺎ ِﺑﻘﹶـ ‪‬ﻮ ٍﻡ‬
‫ﺴ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪.[١١:‬‬ ‫َﺣَﺘّﻰ ‪‬ﻳ َﻐِّﻴﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣَﺎ ِﺑﺄﹶﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐـﻴﲑ ﲪـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻡ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻـﻼﺡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻮﺀﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ :‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳَﻰ ِﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ ﻳَﺎ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻡ ﺍ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛﺮ‪‬ﻭﹾﺍ ِﻧ ‪‬ﻌ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﱠـ ِﻪ‬
‫َﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﻧِﺒﻴَﺎﺀ ‪ ...‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻳَﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳَﻰ ِﺇﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ َﺟ‪‬ﺒﺎﺭِﻳ َﻦ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.[ ٢٢-٢٠ :‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻲ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻫﻲ ﻣـﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻـﻲ‬
‫ﺼ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ‪‬ﺒ ِﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑِﺎﻟـ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ َﻭَﺗﻮَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭَﺗﻮَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍﺮ * ِﺇﻻﱠ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ َﻭ َﻋ ِﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎِﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻔِﻲ ﺧ‪ ‬‬ ‫* ِﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﻧ َ‬
‫‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪.[٣-١ :‬‬
‫ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ‪‬ﺮ َﺣ َﻤ ِﺔ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪.[١٧‬‬ ‫ﺼ‪‬ﺒ ِﺮ َﻭَﺗﻮَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺁ َﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ َﻭَﺗﻮَﺍ َ‬
‫ﺻﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑِﺎﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ‬‫ﻭﰲ ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻜـﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭَﺗﻌَﺎ َﻭﻧ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﱪ ﻭَﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗﻌَﺎ َﻭﻧ‪‬ﻮﹾﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﹾﺛ ِﻢ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪﻭَﺍ ِﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪[٢:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﻭﻗـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻫﻨـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺅﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﻨﺎﺻﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺤﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﲑ ﻭﺇﻋﺬﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤـــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪-٢‬ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪،‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪-٣‬ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻟﺼﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﻄﺮﻑ ﻭﻏﻠﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪-٤‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺴﺒﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺑﺄﳘﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪-٦‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﲟﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺹ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳍﻔﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺗﻠﺒﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺮﳝﺔ ﺭﲰﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﺒﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟـﺪﻋﺎﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺧﻠﻄﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺻﺎﳊﹰﺎ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﺒﺬﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﲝﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻠـﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ، ،‬ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻌﻂ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﰊ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴـﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻃﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻄﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﳑﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﲟﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﳎﺎﻧﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﰊ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﱪﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴـﻖ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪. ٢٠٠٢‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬ﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﱐ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،١٤٠٣ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﱐ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،١٩٩٢ - ١٤١٢ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺠﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻜﲏ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ – ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ١٤١٥ :‬ﻫـ‪ ١٩٩٥ -‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺮ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﴰﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻋﻲ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺸﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،١٩٧٣ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻃﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ ﺳﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ‪ ..‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ‪،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ‪،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ـ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ـ ﻋﻼﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﻪ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺛﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺇﺑﻦ ﻫﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،١٩٩٥ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪ ،‬ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺸﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳـﻊ ‪،‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪١٤٠١‬ﻫـ‪١٩٨١/‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜـﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻـﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ‪ ،١٤١٠ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪١٣٧٢‬ﻫـ‪١٩٣٢ /‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻵﻣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻘـﻖ ‪:‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ١٤٢٠ ،‬ﻫـ ‪ ٢٠٠٠ -‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫– ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺳـﻨﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻣـﻪ )ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻷﰊ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻌﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﻫﲑ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ )ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪١٤٢٢ ،‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑـﲑﻭﺕ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪١٣٩٨‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ )ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ)ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪١٩٩٣‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪١٤١٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪١٩٩٧ -‬ﻡ‪ ، .‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﱪﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻤ‪‬ﺮ)ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ ،١٩٣٩ - ١٣٥٨ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺯﻭﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ –‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﳍﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳝـﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺳـﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ؛ ﺳـﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪٢٠٠٤‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺰﻭﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺑـﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،- -‬ﲢﻘﻴـﻖ‪:‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺚ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺴﺘﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ ،- -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪:‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﳏﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑـﲑﻭﺕ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ ،١٩٦٦ - ١٣٨٦‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﳝﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ – ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ ،١٤٠٧ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﺍﺯ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺯﻣﺮﱄ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻷﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ ،١٩٩٤ – ١٤١٤ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻄﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﲪﺪ ﲪﺎﺩﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪ ،١٤٠٢ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺳﻌﺪ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻲ ‪ -‬ﺩﻣـﺸﻖ _ ﺑـﲑﻭﺕ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪١٤٠٣‬ﻫـ ‪١٩٨٣ -‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺎﺅﻭﻁ ‪ -‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﻫﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑـﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻌـﺰ ﺍﳊﻨﻔـﻲ‪ .‬ﺕ‪:‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛـﻲ ﻭﺷـﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧـﺎﺅﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳـﺴﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬ﻁ)‪١٤٠٨،(١‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻧﱯ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻫﲔ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪١٩٩٦ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻵﺟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪١٤٢٠ -‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ ١٩٩٩ -‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪١٤٠٢ ،‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪١٤٠٨‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﳛﲕ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﻴـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ‪ ،١٣٩٢ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﲑﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺴﺎﺑﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﻴـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﺍﺙ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﴰﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻇﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﰲ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ‪،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒـﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷـﺮ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘـﺐ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻲ –‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪. ١٩٩٣-١٤١٣ -‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ‪ ،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻮﻳﻀﺔ )ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉـﻮﺯﻱ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪١٤٢١ -‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪،‬ﻻﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﳎﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻷﰊ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺜﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺰﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳋـﺎﳒﻰ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫– ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ ١٣٨١ :‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ)‪( ٩٢‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪١٤٢٦ ،‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ ٢٠٠٥ /‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﶈﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫– ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.١٩٩٥ – ١٤١٥ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺒﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻗﺮﻃﺒﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‪:‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪،‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪١٤٠٧ ،‬ﻫـ ‪١٩٨٥ -‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﲪﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻐﲏ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻐﲏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻛﺔ )ﺹ‪.(٤‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ(ﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﲜﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪ ،١٤٠٩ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ ،١٩٨٣ - ١٤٠٤‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﲪﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻷﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﱏ ‪،‬ﺍﶈﻘـﻖ‪ :‬ﺻـﻔﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ١٤١٢ - ١‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻨﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ‪،‬ﺍﶈﻘـﻖ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒـﺪ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ‪‬ﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺕ ‪ ٧٩٤‬ﻫـ؛ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﲑ ﻓـﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺨﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻧﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢.................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ‪٢..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢..................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪٢....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪٣...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ‪٥..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪٦................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪٨............................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪١٠ .................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ‪١٩ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪٢١ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ‪٢٤ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ‪٢٤ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ‪٢٤ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ‪٢٥ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪٢٩ ......................................................................‬‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

You might also like